1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 1999, 2000, 01, 02, 2003
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
84 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR
134 #define XAW_ARROW_SCROLLBARS
135 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h>
136 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
137 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
138 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
139 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
141 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
142 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
143 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
144 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
146 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
148 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
149 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
150 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
155 #ifndef XtNinitialState
156 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
160 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
162 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
166 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
171 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
173 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
175 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
178 static int any_help_event_p
;
180 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
181 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
183 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
185 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
187 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
190 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
192 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
193 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
194 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
195 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
197 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
199 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
200 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
201 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
202 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
204 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
206 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
208 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
211 /* The application context for Xt use. */
212 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
213 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
214 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
216 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
218 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
222 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
223 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
224 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
225 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
227 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
229 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
230 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
231 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
232 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
233 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
234 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
235 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
236 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
237 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
240 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
242 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
243 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
245 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
247 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
248 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
251 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
252 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
255 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
257 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
258 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
259 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
260 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
261 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
262 it's somewhat accurate. */
264 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
266 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
270 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
272 static int input_signal_count
;
275 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
277 static int x_noop_count
;
279 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
281 extern char **initial_argv
;
282 extern int initial_argc
;
284 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
286 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
288 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
290 extern Lisp_Object Qface
, Qmouse_face
, Qeql
;
294 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
296 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
298 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
300 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
301 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
302 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
304 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
305 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
307 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
308 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
310 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
311 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
312 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
313 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
314 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
315 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
317 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
318 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
319 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
320 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
321 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
322 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
323 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
324 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
325 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
326 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
327 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
328 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
329 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
330 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
331 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
332 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
333 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
334 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
335 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
336 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
337 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
338 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
339 static int x_focus_changed
P_ ((int,
341 struct x_display_info
*,
343 struct input_event
*,
345 static int x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
347 struct input_event
*,
349 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
350 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
351 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
352 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
353 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
355 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, GC
));
356 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
357 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
358 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
359 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
360 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
361 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
362 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
363 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
365 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
366 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
367 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
369 struct input_event
**,
374 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
383 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
384 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
385 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
387 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
388 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
393 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
394 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
395 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
396 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
397 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
400 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
403 /***********************************************************************
405 ***********************************************************************/
409 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
410 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
418 struct record event_record
[100];
420 int event_record_index
;
422 record_event (locus
, type
)
426 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
427 event_record_index
= 0;
429 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
430 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
431 event_record_index
++;
438 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
440 struct x_display_info
*
441 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
444 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
446 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
447 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
455 /***********************************************************************
456 Starting and ending an update
457 ***********************************************************************/
459 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
460 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
461 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
462 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
463 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
473 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
474 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
478 x_update_window_begin (w
)
481 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
482 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
485 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
489 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
491 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
492 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
494 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
496 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
497 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
499 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
500 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
501 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
502 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
503 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
504 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
506 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
507 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
508 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
509 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
510 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
511 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
512 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
516 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
517 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
520 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
521 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
530 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
533 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
537 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
539 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
540 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
543 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
545 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
546 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
548 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
549 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
550 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
552 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
553 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
557 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
559 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
561 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
563 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
568 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
570 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
572 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
576 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
577 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
578 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
580 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
581 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
582 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
585 updated_window
= NULL
;
589 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
596 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
597 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
601 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
607 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
608 complete update has been performed. The global variable
609 updated_window is not available here. */
612 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
617 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
619 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
620 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
623 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
624 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
625 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
626 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
627 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
634 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
635 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
636 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
637 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
638 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
639 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
642 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
643 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
645 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
651 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
654 draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w
, desired_row
);
658 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
659 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
660 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
661 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
662 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
663 overhead is very small. */
664 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
665 && desired_row
->full_width_p
666 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
667 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
669 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
672 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
674 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
675 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
676 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
680 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
681 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
682 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
683 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
684 y
, width
, height
, False
);
690 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
692 struct glyph_row
*row
;
693 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
695 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
696 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
697 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
698 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
699 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
701 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
702 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
706 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
707 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
708 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
709 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
711 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
713 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
715 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
716 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
719 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
722 if (p
->which
!= NO_FRINGE_BITMAP
)
724 unsigned char *bits
= fringe_bitmaps
[p
->which
].bits
+ p
->dh
;
726 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
728 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
730 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
732 face
->background
, depth
);
733 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
734 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
735 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
738 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
743 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
744 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
745 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
749 XTset_terminal_modes ()
753 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
754 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
757 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
763 /***********************************************************************
765 ***********************************************************************/
767 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
769 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
772 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
773 is not contained in the font. */
776 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
779 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
781 /* The result metric information. */
782 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
784 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
786 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
788 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
790 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
791 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
792 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
793 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
794 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
795 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
796 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
797 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
798 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
799 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
803 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
804 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
805 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
806 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
808 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
809 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
813 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
815 \ = integer modulus */
816 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
817 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
818 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
819 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
821 pcm
= (font
->per_char
822 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
823 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
824 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
830 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
831 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
832 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
833 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
834 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
835 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
839 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
844 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
845 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
848 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
851 struct font_info
*font_info
;
854 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
855 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
857 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
858 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
860 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
862 /* It's a program. */
863 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
865 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
867 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
868 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
873 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
874 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
875 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
878 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
880 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
882 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
883 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
885 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
887 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
889 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
891 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
893 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
894 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
895 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
897 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
898 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
902 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
904 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
909 /***********************************************************************
911 ***********************************************************************/
915 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
916 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
917 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
919 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
920 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
921 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
922 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
923 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
924 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
925 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
926 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
927 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
928 unsigned long *, double, int));
929 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
930 double, int, unsigned long));
931 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
932 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
933 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
934 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
935 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
936 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
938 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
939 int, int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
940 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
941 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
944 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
948 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
953 struct glyph_string
*s
;
955 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
956 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
957 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
959 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
962 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
966 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
967 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
969 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
970 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
971 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
972 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
973 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
974 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
975 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
977 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
978 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
979 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
981 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
982 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
985 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
986 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
987 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
988 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
990 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
991 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
994 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
995 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
997 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1002 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1005 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1006 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1011 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1012 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1013 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1015 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1017 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1018 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1020 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1021 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1022 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1024 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1025 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1026 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1029 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1034 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1035 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1036 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1037 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1038 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1039 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1041 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1042 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1045 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1046 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1048 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1051 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1055 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1056 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1057 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1060 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1061 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1063 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1067 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1068 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1072 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1073 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1075 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1077 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1079 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1080 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1082 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1084 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1085 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1087 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1089 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1092 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1094 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1095 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1097 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1098 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1100 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1101 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1105 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1106 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1109 /* GC must have been set. */
1110 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1114 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1115 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1118 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1119 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1122 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1123 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1128 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1129 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1132 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1133 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1136 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1139 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1140 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1141 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1142 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1143 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1148 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1151 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1152 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1156 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1157 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1158 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1159 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1163 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1164 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1165 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1166 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1167 contains the first component of a composition. */
1170 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1171 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1174 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1175 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1176 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1178 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1182 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1183 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1184 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1185 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1186 s
->background_width
,
1187 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1188 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1189 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1191 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1192 || s
->font_not_found_p
1193 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1196 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1197 s
->background_width
,
1198 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1199 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1205 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1208 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1209 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1213 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1214 of S to the right of that box line. */
1215 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1216 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1217 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1221 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1223 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1225 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1227 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1228 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1229 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1231 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1236 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1237 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1239 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1240 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1242 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1244 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1245 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1247 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1248 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1249 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1250 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1251 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1252 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
1253 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1255 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1257 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1258 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1260 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1261 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1266 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1267 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1269 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1270 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1273 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1275 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1276 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1278 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1279 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1281 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1282 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1287 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1290 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1291 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1295 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1296 of S to the right of that box line. */
1297 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1298 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1299 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1303 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1304 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1305 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1306 this composition. */
1308 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1309 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1310 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1313 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1314 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1318 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1320 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1321 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1322 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1324 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1325 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1326 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1327 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1334 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1336 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1337 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1338 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1339 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1340 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1343 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1344 cannot be determined. */
1346 static struct frame
*
1347 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1350 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1354 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1356 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1357 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1358 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1359 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1360 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1361 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1363 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1364 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1365 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1366 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1367 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1368 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1369 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1370 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1377 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1378 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1379 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1380 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1383 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1388 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1389 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1393 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1394 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1395 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1396 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1397 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1398 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1401 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1405 unsigned long *pixel
;
1409 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1410 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1414 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1415 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1417 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1419 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1421 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1426 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1427 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1429 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1432 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1434 DPY is the display we are working on.
1436 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1437 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1438 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1439 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1441 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1442 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1444 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1445 we allocated the color or not.
1447 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1450 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1454 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1455 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1465 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1466 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1468 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1472 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1473 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1474 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1476 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1478 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1479 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1481 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1483 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1484 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1486 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1487 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1489 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1490 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1495 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1497 params
[0] = color_name
;
1498 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1499 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1500 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1505 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1507 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1509 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1513 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1517 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1518 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1521 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1526 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1527 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1528 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1530 APP is the application context in which we work.
1532 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1533 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1534 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1536 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1539 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1548 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1550 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1553 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1555 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1556 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1557 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1558 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1559 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1564 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1567 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1568 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1569 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1570 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1572 static const XColor
*
1573 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1577 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1579 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1581 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1584 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1585 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1586 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1587 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1588 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1590 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1591 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1593 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1594 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1597 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1598 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1602 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1603 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1606 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1611 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1613 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1616 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1618 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1619 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1620 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1621 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1625 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1629 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1630 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1633 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1637 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1641 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1642 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1643 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1647 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1654 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1657 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1658 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1659 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1660 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1662 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1664 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1666 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1668 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1669 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1670 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1671 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1673 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1676 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1680 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1681 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1682 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1683 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1687 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1688 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1689 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1690 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1691 XColor
*cached_color
;
1693 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1694 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1695 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1696 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1697 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1699 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1700 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1701 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1705 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1707 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1708 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1714 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1715 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1716 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1720 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1725 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1726 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1730 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1731 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1732 get color reference counts right. */
1735 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1737 unsigned long pixel
;
1741 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1743 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1744 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1746 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1747 register_color (pixel
);
1753 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1754 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1755 get color reference counts right. */
1758 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1761 unsigned long pixel
;
1765 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1767 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1768 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1770 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1771 register_color (pixel
);
1777 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1780 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1781 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1782 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1783 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1784 use an additional additive factor.
1786 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1787 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1788 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1791 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1792 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1793 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1794 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1795 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1796 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1799 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1803 unsigned long *pixel
;
1811 /* Get RGB color values. */
1812 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1813 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1815 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1816 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1817 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1818 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1819 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1821 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1822 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1824 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1825 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1826 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1827 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1828 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1830 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1831 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1832 /* The additive adjustment. */
1833 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1837 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1838 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1839 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1843 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1844 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1845 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1849 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1850 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1853 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1855 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1856 delta to the RGB values. */
1857 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1859 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1860 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1861 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1862 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1873 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1874 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1875 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1876 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1877 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1878 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1881 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1883 struct relief
*relief
;
1886 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1889 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1890 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1891 unsigned long pixel
;
1892 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1893 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1894 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1895 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1897 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1898 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1900 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1901 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1902 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1904 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1906 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1907 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1910 /* Allocate new color. */
1911 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1913 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1914 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1916 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1917 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1920 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1922 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1924 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1927 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1931 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1934 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1935 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1937 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1938 unsigned long color
;
1940 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1941 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1942 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1944 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1945 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1950 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1951 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1952 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1955 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1956 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1958 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1959 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1960 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1961 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1962 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1967 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1968 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1969 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1970 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1971 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1972 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1976 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
1977 raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
1979 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
1980 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
1982 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1983 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1988 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1990 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1991 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1994 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
1995 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1996 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
1997 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2001 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2002 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2003 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2005 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2007 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2009 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2010 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2013 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2014 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2015 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2016 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2020 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2021 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2022 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2024 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2028 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2029 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2030 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2031 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2032 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2033 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2036 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2037 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2038 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2039 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2040 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2044 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2045 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2046 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2049 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2050 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2054 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2055 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2058 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2059 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2063 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2064 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2066 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2067 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2071 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2074 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2075 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2077 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2078 int left_p
, right_p
;
2079 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2080 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2082 last_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
);
2083 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
2084 && !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2086 last_x
+= WINDOW_RIGHT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (s
->w
);
2087 if (s
->area
!= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
2088 || WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (s
->w
))
2089 last_x
+= WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s
->w
);
2092 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2093 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2095 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2097 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2098 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2100 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2102 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2104 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2106 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2107 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2109 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2110 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2111 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2113 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2115 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2117 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2118 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2119 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2122 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2123 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2124 width
, raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2129 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2132 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2133 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2136 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2138 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2139 right of that line. */
2140 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2141 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2142 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2146 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2148 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2149 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2155 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2156 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2157 trust on the shape extension to be available
2158 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2160 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2163 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2165 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2166 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2167 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2168 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2169 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2171 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2174 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
2175 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
2176 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2177 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2178 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2182 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2184 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2187 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
2188 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
2189 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2190 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2191 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2193 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2194 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2195 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2196 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2197 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2198 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2199 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2201 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2203 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2204 s
->img
->width
+ r
*2 - 1, s
->img
->height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2209 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2210 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2211 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
2215 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2218 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2219 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2221 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2224 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2226 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2227 right of that line. */
2228 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2229 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2230 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2234 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2236 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2237 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2239 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2240 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2242 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2243 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2247 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2248 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2253 x1
= x
+ s
->img
->width
+ thick
- 1;
2254 y1
= y
+ s
->img
->height
+ thick
- 1;
2256 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2257 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2258 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, 1, 1, &r
);
2262 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2265 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2266 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2270 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2272 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2273 right of that line. */
2274 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2275 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2276 x
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2280 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2282 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2283 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2289 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2290 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2291 trust on the shape extension to be available
2292 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2294 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2298 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2299 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2300 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2301 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2302 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2304 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2305 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
2306 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2310 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2311 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
2313 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2314 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2315 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2316 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2317 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2318 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2319 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2321 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2323 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2324 s
->img
->width
+ r
*2 - 1, s
->img
->height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2329 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2330 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2331 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
2335 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2336 give the rectangle to draw. */
2339 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2340 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2345 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2346 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2347 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2348 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2351 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2355 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2358 s->x +-------------------------
2361 | +-------------------------
2364 | | +-------------------
2370 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2371 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2374 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2375 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2377 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2379 height
= s
->height
- 2 * box_line_vwidth
;
2382 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2383 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2385 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2386 if (height
> s
->img
->height
2390 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2391 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2393 if (box_line_hwidth
&& s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2394 x
= s
->x
+ box_line_hwidth
;
2398 y
= s
->y
+ box_line_vwidth
;
2402 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2403 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2404 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2405 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2406 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2408 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2409 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2410 s
->background_width
,
2413 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2415 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2417 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2420 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2421 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2422 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2423 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2424 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2429 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2431 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2432 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2433 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2434 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2438 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2440 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2443 /* Draw the foreground. */
2446 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2447 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2448 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2449 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2450 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2453 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2455 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2457 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2458 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2459 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2463 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2466 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2467 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2469 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2470 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2472 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2473 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2475 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2476 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2477 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2480 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2482 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2483 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2485 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2486 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2490 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2491 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2493 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2499 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2500 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2502 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2504 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2505 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2506 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2507 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2512 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2513 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2514 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2515 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2519 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2520 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2523 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2527 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2530 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2531 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2533 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2535 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2536 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2537 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2538 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2540 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2541 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2542 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2543 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2546 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2547 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2549 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2550 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2551 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
2552 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2553 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2554 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2557 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2558 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2559 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2560 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2564 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2566 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2569 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2573 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2577 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2578 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2580 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2581 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2584 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2585 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2586 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2588 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2589 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2596 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2598 /* Draw underline. */
2599 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2601 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2604 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2605 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2608 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2609 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2610 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2611 specs, and its default is
2613 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2614 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2616 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2617 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2618 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2619 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2620 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2622 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2624 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2625 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2626 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2630 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2631 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2632 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2633 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2634 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2638 /* Draw overline. */
2639 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2641 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2643 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2644 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2649 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2650 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2651 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2653 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2657 /* Draw strike-through. */
2658 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2660 unsigned long h
= 1;
2661 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2663 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2664 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2669 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2670 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2671 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2673 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2677 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2678 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2679 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2682 /* Reset clipping. */
2683 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2686 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2689 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2691 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2693 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2694 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2695 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2699 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2710 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2711 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2714 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2721 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2722 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2726 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2727 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2737 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2739 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2741 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2742 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2743 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2745 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2746 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2748 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2750 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2751 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2752 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2754 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2757 xg_frame_cleared (f
);
2765 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2767 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2768 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2770 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2773 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2774 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2777 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2778 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2780 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2781 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2782 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2784 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2785 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2789 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2791 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2792 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2796 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2798 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2799 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2801 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2803 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2815 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2816 pixels into background pixels. */
2820 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2821 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2822 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2824 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2825 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2829 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2830 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2831 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2832 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2833 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2834 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2835 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2839 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2840 edge it is next to. */
2841 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2843 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2844 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2847 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2848 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2855 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2857 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2858 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2860 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2862 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2863 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2864 width
, flash_height
);
2865 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2867 (height
- flash_height
2868 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2869 width
, flash_height
);
2872 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2873 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2874 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2875 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2880 struct timeval wakeup
;
2882 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2884 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2885 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2886 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2887 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2889 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2891 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2893 struct timeval current
;
2894 struct timeval timeout
;
2896 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2898 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2899 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2902 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2904 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2906 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2907 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2911 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2912 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2914 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2916 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2917 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2918 width
, flash_height
);
2919 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2921 (height
- flash_height
2922 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2923 width
, flash_height
);
2926 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2927 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2928 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2929 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2931 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
2939 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
2942 /* Make audible bell. */
2947 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2949 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
2951 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2958 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
2959 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2966 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
2967 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
2968 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
2969 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
2972 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
2975 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
2980 /***********************************************************************
2982 ***********************************************************************/
2984 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
2985 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
2988 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
2995 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
2998 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3002 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3003 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3005 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3006 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3008 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3010 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3011 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3012 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3016 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3017 line at the bottom. */
3018 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3019 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3021 height
= run
->height
;
3025 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3027 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3028 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3030 height
= run
->height
;
3035 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3039 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3040 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3041 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3051 /***********************************************************************
3053 ***********************************************************************/
3060 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3061 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3062 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3063 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3065 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3066 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3068 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3072 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3075 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3076 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3077 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3078 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3080 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3081 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3083 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3086 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3087 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3088 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3089 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3090 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3093 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3094 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3095 struct frame
*frame
;
3097 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3099 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3101 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3102 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3103 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3105 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3106 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3109 selected_frame
= frame
;
3110 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3112 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3113 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3116 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3117 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3119 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3122 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3125 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3126 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3127 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into BUFP.
3128 Returns number of events inserted into BUFP. */
3131 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
, numchars
)
3134 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3135 struct frame
*frame
;
3136 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3141 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3143 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3145 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3146 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3148 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3149 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3151 && GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3152 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3153 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3155 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3156 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3164 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3167 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3168 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3171 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3173 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3175 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3177 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3178 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3182 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3183 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3190 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3191 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3193 Returns number of events inserted into BUFP. */
3196 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
, numchars
)
3197 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3199 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3202 struct frame
*frame
;
3205 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3206 if (! frame
) return nr_events
;
3208 switch (event
->type
)
3213 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3215 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3217 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3218 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3219 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3220 nr_events
= x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
3221 ? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3232 nr_events
= x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3233 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
3234 ? FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3246 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3249 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3250 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3252 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3255 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3256 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3257 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3259 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3260 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3261 the appropriate X display info. */
3264 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3265 struct frame
*frame
;
3267 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3271 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3272 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3274 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3276 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3278 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3279 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3280 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3281 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3282 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3284 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3285 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3289 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3291 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3294 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3295 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3296 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3302 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3304 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3306 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3307 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3309 int min_code
, max_code
;
3312 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3314 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3315 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3316 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3317 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3318 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3321 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3323 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3324 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3327 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3328 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3330 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3332 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3333 Alt keysyms are on. */
3335 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3337 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3338 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3341 = mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3343 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3347 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3351 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3353 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3359 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3364 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3369 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3374 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3378 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3379 if ((1 << row
) == LockMask
)
3380 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3388 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3389 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3391 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3392 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3395 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3396 make them just meta, not alt. */
3397 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3399 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3402 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3403 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3406 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3410 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3411 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3414 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3415 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3416 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3417 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3420 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3421 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3422 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3423 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3424 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3425 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3426 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3427 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3430 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3431 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3432 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3433 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3434 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3435 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3439 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3440 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3443 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3444 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3445 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3446 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3450 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3451 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3452 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3453 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3454 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3455 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3456 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3457 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3460 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3461 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3462 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3463 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3464 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3465 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3468 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3471 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3477 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3485 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3487 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3489 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3493 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3494 struct input_event
*result
;
3495 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3498 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3500 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3501 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3502 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3503 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3505 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3509 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3510 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3511 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3517 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3518 The input handler calls this.
3520 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3521 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3522 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3523 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3525 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3526 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3529 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3531 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3533 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3534 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3535 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3537 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3539 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3540 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3541 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3544 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3545 else if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3546 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3547 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3548 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3550 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3551 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3552 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3557 /************************************************************************
3559 ************************************************************************/
3562 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3564 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3565 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3566 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3567 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3568 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3572 static int glyph_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int, XRectangle
*));
3575 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
3576 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
3577 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
3581 glyph_rect (f
, x
, y
, rect
)
3589 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, &x
, &y
, 0);
3592 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
3593 struct glyph_row
*r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
3594 struct glyph_row
*end
= r
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1;
3596 for (; !found
&& r
< end
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
3599 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
3600 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
3603 for (gx
= r
->x
; !found
&& g
< end
; gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
)
3606 rect
->width
= g
->pixel_width
;
3607 rect
->height
= r
->height
;
3608 rect
->x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, gx
);
3609 rect
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->y
);
3619 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3620 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3622 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3623 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3624 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3625 position on the scroll bar.
3627 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3628 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3631 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3632 was at this position.
3634 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3636 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3640 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3643 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3644 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3646 unsigned long *time
;
3652 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3653 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3659 Window dummy_window
;
3662 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3664 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3665 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3666 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3667 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3669 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3671 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3672 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3673 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3675 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3678 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3679 a different screen. */
3682 /* The position on that root window. */
3685 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3688 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3690 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3692 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3693 containing the pointer. */
3697 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3702 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3703 structure is changing at the same time this function
3704 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3706 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3708 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3709 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3711 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3712 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3713 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3715 /* From-window, to-window. */
3716 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3718 /* From-position, to-position. */
3719 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3723 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3729 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3731 /* From-window, to-window. */
3734 /* From-position, to-position. */
3735 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3740 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3748 /* Now we know that:
3749 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3750 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3751 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3752 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3753 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3754 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3755 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3756 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3757 never use them in that case.) */
3759 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3760 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3762 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3763 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3766 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3767 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3769 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3772 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3775 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3777 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3780 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3782 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3786 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3792 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3793 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3797 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3798 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3799 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3800 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3801 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3802 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3803 the frame are divided into. */
3805 int width
, height
, gx
, gy
;
3808 if (glyph_rect (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &rect
))
3809 last_mouse_glyph
= rect
;
3812 width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
3813 height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
3817 /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to
3818 round down even for negative values. */
3823 gx
= (gx
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
3824 gy
= (gy
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
3826 last_mouse_glyph
.width
= width
;
3827 last_mouse_glyph
.height
= height
;
3828 last_mouse_glyph
.x
= gx
;
3829 last_mouse_glyph
.y
= gy
;
3835 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3836 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3837 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3847 /***********************************************************************
3849 ***********************************************************************/
3851 /* Scroll bar support. */
3853 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3855 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3858 static struct scroll_bar
*
3859 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3866 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3867 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3869 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3870 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3873 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3875 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3876 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3877 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3880 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3882 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3883 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3884 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3885 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3886 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3889 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3890 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3891 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3892 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3899 #if defined USE_LUCID
3901 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3902 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3905 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3910 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3911 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3914 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3915 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3917 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3924 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3927 /************************************************************************
3929 ************************************************************************/
3931 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3933 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3934 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3935 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3936 struct scroll_bar
*));
3937 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
3941 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3942 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
3944 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
3946 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
3948 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
3950 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
3951 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
3954 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
3956 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
3958 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
3960 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
3961 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
3962 to avoid jerkyness. */
3964 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
3966 extern void set_vertical_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct window
*));
3968 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
3969 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
3970 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
3971 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
3974 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
3977 XtPointer client_data
;
3981 Cardinal
*num_params
;
3987 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
3988 end_action
= "Release";
3989 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
3990 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
3991 end_action
= "EndScroll";
3992 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
3995 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
3996 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4000 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4001 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4002 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4004 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4006 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4007 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4008 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4010 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4011 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4013 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4014 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4017 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4019 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4020 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4022 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4023 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4026 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4027 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4028 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4029 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4032 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4034 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4037 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4038 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4039 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4044 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4045 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4046 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4047 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4048 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4051 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4052 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4053 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4054 into that array in the event. */
4055 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4056 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4059 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4061 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4062 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4063 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4065 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4067 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4068 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4071 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4072 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4073 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4074 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4075 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4076 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4078 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4079 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4081 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4082 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4083 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4084 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4089 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4093 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4095 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4097 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4102 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4103 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4105 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4106 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4108 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4109 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4112 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4114 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4116 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4117 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4118 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4119 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4120 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4126 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4128 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4131 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4132 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4133 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4136 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4138 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4140 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4141 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4142 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4146 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4147 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4148 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4151 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4152 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4153 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4156 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4157 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4158 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4161 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4162 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4163 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4167 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4168 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4171 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4172 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4173 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4180 /* Get the slider size. */
4182 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4185 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4186 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4187 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4188 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4192 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4198 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4199 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4200 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4205 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4207 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4208 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4211 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4215 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4221 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4222 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4224 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4226 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4228 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4231 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4233 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4239 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4241 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4243 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4244 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4246 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4248 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4249 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4251 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4253 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4254 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4256 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4258 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4259 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4263 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4264 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4265 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4266 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4271 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4272 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4273 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4277 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4279 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4280 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4281 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4285 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4287 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4289 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4290 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4292 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4295 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4297 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4301 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4303 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4304 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4305 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4306 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4307 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4309 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4311 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4313 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4314 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4315 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4316 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4320 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4321 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4322 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4323 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4324 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4325 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4326 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4329 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4331 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4333 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4334 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4335 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4339 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4341 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4344 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4345 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4347 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4348 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4349 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4350 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4352 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4354 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4355 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4356 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4357 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4360 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4361 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4363 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4365 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4366 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4370 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4372 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4374 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4377 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4382 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4385 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4387 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4393 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4394 unsigned long pixel
;
4399 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4400 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4401 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4402 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4403 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4404 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4405 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4406 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4408 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4411 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4415 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4418 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4422 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4423 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4425 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4426 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4428 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4430 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4432 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4434 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4436 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4438 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4441 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4442 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4444 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4445 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4446 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4447 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4449 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4451 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4452 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4453 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4454 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4455 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4456 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4457 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4458 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4460 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4463 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4467 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4470 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4474 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4476 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4477 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4479 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4480 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4481 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4483 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4485 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4487 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4488 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4489 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4491 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4494 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4495 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4496 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4497 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4498 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4500 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4504 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4505 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4506 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4508 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4510 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4513 /* Specify the colors. */
4514 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4517 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "topShadowPixel", pixel
);
4520 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4523 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "bottomShadowPixel", pixel
);
4528 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4529 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4533 char *val
= initial
;
4534 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4535 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4537 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4538 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4539 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */
4540 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4544 /* Define callbacks. */
4545 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4546 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4549 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4550 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4552 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4554 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4555 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4556 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4557 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4559 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4560 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4561 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4562 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4566 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4569 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4570 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4574 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4575 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4576 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4578 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4581 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4583 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4584 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4585 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4587 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4588 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4595 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4596 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4597 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4598 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4599 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4600 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4601 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4602 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4603 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4604 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4605 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4606 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4607 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4608 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4615 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4616 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4619 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4623 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4624 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4626 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4627 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4628 size
= max (size
, 1);
4630 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4631 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4632 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4634 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4636 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4642 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4643 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4647 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4649 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4650 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4651 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4655 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4656 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4657 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4660 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4661 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4663 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4664 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4665 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4666 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4668 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4669 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4673 ScrollbarWidget sb
= (ScrollbarWidget
) widget
;
4674 int scroll_mode
= 0;
4676 /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */
4677 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
)
4679 /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging
4680 so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */
4681 scroll_mode
= sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
;
4682 if (scroll_mode
== 2)
4683 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= 0;
4686 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4687 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4688 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4690 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4693 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& scroll_mode
== 2)
4694 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= scroll_mode
;
4699 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4703 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4705 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4709 /************************************************************************
4710 Scroll bars, general
4711 ************************************************************************/
4713 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4714 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4715 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4718 static struct scroll_bar
*
4719 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4721 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4723 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4724 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4725 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4729 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4730 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4731 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4733 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4737 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4738 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4739 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4741 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4742 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4744 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4746 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4748 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4749 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4750 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4751 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4752 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4754 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4756 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4757 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4758 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4760 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4762 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4769 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4771 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4773 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4774 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4775 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4776 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4777 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4778 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4779 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4780 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4782 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4783 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4785 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4786 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4787 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4789 /* Map the window/widget. */
4790 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4793 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4794 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4796 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4797 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4801 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4802 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4803 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4804 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4805 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4807 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4808 max (height
, 1), 0);
4809 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4810 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4812 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4813 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4814 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4821 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4823 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4824 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4825 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4828 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4829 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4830 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4831 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4832 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4834 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4837 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4838 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4842 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4843 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4844 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4845 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4847 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4849 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4850 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4856 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4857 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4858 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4860 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4861 the distance between start and end. */
4863 int length
= end
- start
;
4867 else if (start
> top_range
)
4869 end
= start
+ length
;
4873 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4877 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4878 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4879 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4881 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4882 if (end
> top_range
)
4885 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4886 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4887 that many pixels tall. */
4888 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4890 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4891 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4893 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4894 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4895 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4896 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4897 inside_width
, start
,
4900 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4901 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4902 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4903 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4905 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4906 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4907 /* x, y, width, height */
4908 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4909 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4910 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4912 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4913 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4914 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4915 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4917 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4918 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4919 if (end
< inside_height
)
4920 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4921 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4922 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4923 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4924 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4932 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4934 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4938 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4939 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4941 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4944 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4946 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4947 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4948 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4949 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4951 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4954 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4955 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4961 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
4962 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
4963 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
4967 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
4969 int portion
, whole
, position
;
4971 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4972 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4973 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
4974 int window_y
, window_height
;
4976 /* Get window dimensions. */
4977 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
4979 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
4980 height
= window_height
;
4982 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
4983 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
4985 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
4986 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
4987 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
4988 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
4992 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
4993 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4994 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
4995 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
4997 sb_left
= left
+ (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
4999 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5000 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5005 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5006 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5008 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5011 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5012 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5016 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5020 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5021 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5023 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5027 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5029 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5031 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5033 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5036 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5040 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5041 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5043 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5044 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5048 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5050 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5051 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5052 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5053 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5054 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5055 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5057 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5058 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5060 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5061 max (height
, 1), 0);
5063 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5064 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5066 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5067 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5068 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5070 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5071 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5073 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5074 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5075 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5079 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5080 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5081 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5084 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5085 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5086 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5088 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5089 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5090 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5091 rest
, height
, False
);
5093 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5094 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5098 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5103 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5105 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5107 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5111 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5113 /* Remember new settings. */
5114 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5115 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5116 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5117 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5122 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5123 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5124 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5125 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5127 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5129 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5132 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5135 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5136 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5137 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5140 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5142 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5146 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5147 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5148 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5149 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5150 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5151 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5152 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5154 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5155 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5156 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5159 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5162 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5163 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5166 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5167 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5168 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5169 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5170 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5171 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5172 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5177 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5178 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5181 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5182 struct window
*window
;
5184 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5187 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5188 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5191 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5193 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5194 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5195 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5197 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5199 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5200 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5202 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5203 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5204 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5206 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5207 one or the other! */
5211 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5213 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5214 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5216 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5218 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5219 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5220 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5223 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5224 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5227 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5230 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5232 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5234 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5235 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5236 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5238 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5240 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5242 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5245 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5248 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5249 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5253 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5254 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5255 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5257 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5261 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5262 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5265 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5266 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5267 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5268 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5272 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5274 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5275 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5277 /* x, y, width, height */
5279 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5280 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5285 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5287 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5288 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5290 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5295 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5296 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5298 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5300 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5303 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5304 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5305 emacs_event
->modifiers
5306 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5307 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5308 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5309 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5312 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5313 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5314 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5317 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5319 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5322 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5323 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5326 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5328 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5329 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5330 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5331 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5333 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5335 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5336 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5337 whether or not we're dragging. */
5339 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5341 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5342 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5343 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5346 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5347 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5348 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5349 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5351 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5352 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5354 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5355 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5359 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5361 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5363 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5364 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5366 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5368 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5371 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5375 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5377 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5379 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5383 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5384 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5387 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5389 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5392 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5394 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5395 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5397 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5398 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5400 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5402 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5404 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5409 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5411 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5412 on the scroll bar. */
5415 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5417 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5418 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5420 unsigned long *time
;
5422 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5423 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5424 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5426 Window dummy_window
;
5428 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5432 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5434 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5436 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5437 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5438 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5440 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5443 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5450 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5453 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5455 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5457 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5458 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5462 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5466 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5468 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5469 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5470 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5471 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5472 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5473 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5475 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5477 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5478 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5481 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5484 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5490 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5491 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5492 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5496 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5499 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5502 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5503 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5504 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5505 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5506 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5507 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5508 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5509 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5511 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5515 /* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */
5517 struct selection_event_queue
5520 struct selection_event_queue
*next
;
5523 static struct selection_event_queue
*queue
;
5525 /* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */
5527 static int x_queue_selection_requests
;
5529 /* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */
5532 x_queue_event (f
, event
)
5536 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
5537 = (struct selection_event_queue
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue
));
5539 if (queue_tmp
!= NULL
)
5541 queue_tmp
->event
= *event
;
5542 queue_tmp
->next
= queue
;
5547 /* Take all the queued events and put them back
5548 so that they get processed afresh. */
5551 x_unqueue_events (display
)
5554 while (queue
!= NULL
)
5556 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
= queue
;
5557 XPutBackEvent (display
, &queue_tmp
->event
);
5558 queue
= queue_tmp
->next
;
5559 xfree ((char *)queue_tmp
);
5563 /* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */
5566 x_start_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
5569 x_queue_selection_requests
++;
5572 /* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */
5575 x_stop_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
5578 x_queue_selection_requests
--;
5579 x_unqueue_events (display
);
5582 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5585 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5586 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5587 sometimes don't work. */
5589 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5592 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5593 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5594 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5595 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5597 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5598 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5600 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5602 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5603 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5605 static int temp_index
;
5606 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5608 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5609 on a particular display. */
5611 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5613 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5614 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5615 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5616 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5618 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5620 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5623 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5624 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5625 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5626 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5627 if (numchars >= 1) \
5629 bufp->kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5630 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); \
5639 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5640 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5650 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5651 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5652 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5654 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5656 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5660 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5661 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5664 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5665 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5666 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5669 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5670 event
->xclient
.window
);
5672 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5677 static struct input_event
**current_bufp
;
5678 static int *current_numcharsp
;
5679 static int current_count
;
5680 static int current_finish
;
5682 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5683 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5684 so we have a chanse to act on the event before GTK. */
5685 static GdkFilterReturn
5686 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5691 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5693 if (current_numcharsp
)
5695 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5697 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5700 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5701 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5702 so we do it here. */
5703 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5704 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5705 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5709 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5711 current_count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
,
5718 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5720 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5721 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5723 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5725 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5728 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5730 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5731 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5732 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5734 Events representing keys are stored in buffer *BUFP_R,
5735 which can hold up to *NUMCHARSP characters.
5736 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5739 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, bufp_r
, numcharsp
, finish
)
5740 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5742 /* register */ struct input_event
**bufp_r
;
5743 /* register */ int *numcharsp
;
5749 struct coding_system coding
;
5750 struct input_event
*bufp
= *bufp_r
;
5751 int numchars
= *numcharsp
;
5752 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5754 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5760 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5761 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5762 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5764 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5765 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5767 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5768 could be the shell widget window
5769 if the frame has no title bar. */
5770 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5772 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5773 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5774 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5776 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5777 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5778 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5779 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5780 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5783 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5784 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5785 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5786 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5789 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5790 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5791 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5794 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5795 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5796 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5797 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5798 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5799 /* The ICCCM says this is
5800 the only valid choice. */
5802 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5803 /* This is needed to detect the error
5804 if there is an error. */
5806 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5808 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5811 else if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5812 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5814 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5815 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5816 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5817 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5818 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5819 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5820 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5821 session manager and one for this. */
5824 && ! x_session_have_connection ()
5828 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5829 event
.xclient
.window
);
5830 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5831 for a single Emacs process. */
5832 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5833 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5834 event
.xclient
.window
,
5835 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5837 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5838 event
.xclient
.window
,
5842 else if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5843 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5846 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5847 event
.xclient
.window
);
5854 bufp
->kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5855 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
5863 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5866 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5867 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5870 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5871 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5875 = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5877 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5878 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5882 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5887 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5888 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5891 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5892 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5895 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5896 else if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5897 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5898 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5899 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5901 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5902 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5903 currently never do because we are interested in
5904 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5905 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5907 = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5908 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5909 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5911 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5912 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5913 we construct an input_event. */
5914 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5915 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5917 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, bufp
);
5918 ++bufp
, ++count
, --numchars
;
5921 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5927 case SelectionNotify
:
5928 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5929 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5931 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5932 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5935 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5936 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5937 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5939 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5941 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5946 bufp
->kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5947 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp
) = eventp
->display
;
5948 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp
) = eventp
->selection
;
5949 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp
) = eventp
->time
;
5950 bufp
->frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5959 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5960 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5961 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5963 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5964 if (x_queue_selection_requests
)
5965 x_queue_event (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
),
5969 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5970 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5975 bufp
->kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5976 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp
) = eventp
->display
;
5977 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (bufp
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5978 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp
) = eventp
->selection
;
5979 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (bufp
) = eventp
->target
;
5980 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (bufp
) = eventp
->property
;
5981 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp
) = eventp
->time
;
5982 bufp
->frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5991 case PropertyNotify
:
5992 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5993 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5994 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5995 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5996 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
6000 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6003 case ReparentNotify
:
6004 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6008 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6009 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6013 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6014 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6020 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6023 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6025 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6027 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6028 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6029 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6030 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6034 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6035 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6039 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6040 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6042 #if defined USE_LUCID
6043 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6044 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6045 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6048 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6050 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6052 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6054 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6055 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6057 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6058 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6059 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6062 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6063 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6066 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6067 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6071 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6072 source area was obscured or not
6074 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6078 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6079 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6080 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6082 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6085 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6088 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6089 source area was completely
6094 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6095 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6098 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6101 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6102 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6103 the frame was deleted. */
6105 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6106 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6107 display that won't ever be seen. */
6108 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6109 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6110 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6111 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6112 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6113 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6114 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6115 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6117 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6119 bufp
->kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6120 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6130 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6131 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6132 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6135 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6136 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6137 frame is visible. */
6138 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6141 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
6142 the frame's display structures.
6143 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6144 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6145 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6146 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6147 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6148 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6150 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6151 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6152 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6156 bufp
->kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6157 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6163 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6164 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6165 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6166 to update the frame titles
6167 in case this is the second frame. */
6168 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6174 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6175 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6176 if (popup_activated ())
6180 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6182 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6184 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6185 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6188 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6191 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6192 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6193 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6195 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6197 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6198 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6201 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6205 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6206 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6207 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6210 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6211 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6212 status_return even if the input is too long to
6213 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6214 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6215 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6216 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6217 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6218 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6219 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6221 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6224 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6225 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6226 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6228 /* This will have to go some day... */
6230 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6231 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6232 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6233 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6234 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6235 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6236 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6238 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6239 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6240 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6241 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6242 not it is combined with Meta. */
6243 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6244 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6249 Status status_return
;
6251 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6252 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6253 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6254 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6256 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6258 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6259 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6260 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6261 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6262 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6265 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6266 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6267 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6268 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6269 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6270 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6271 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6272 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6274 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6276 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6277 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6278 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6281 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6287 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6289 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6294 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6295 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6299 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6300 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6303 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6304 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6308 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6314 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6315 translations to characters. */
6316 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6317 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6319 bufp
->kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6320 bufp
->code
= keysym
;
6321 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6324 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6326 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6331 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6332 else if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6333 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6337 bufp
->kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6338 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6339 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6340 bufp
->code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6341 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6344 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6346 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6351 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6352 else if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6353 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6354 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6355 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6356 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6358 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6359 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6361 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6362 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6363 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6364 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6365 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6366 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6368 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6369 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6371 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6372 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6374 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6375 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6377 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6378 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6380 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6381 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6383 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6384 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6386 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6387 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6389 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6390 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6392 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6393 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6395 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6396 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6398 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6399 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6401 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6402 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6404 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6405 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6407 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6408 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6409 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6410 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6411 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6412 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6414 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6415 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6418 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6420 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6421 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6422 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6423 don't have real modifiers but
6424 should be treated similarly to
6425 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6426 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6427 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6429 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6430 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6434 if (temp_index
== sizeof temp_buffer
/ sizeof (short))
6436 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = keysym
;
6437 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6439 bufp
->kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6440 bufp
->code
= keysym
;
6441 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6444 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6446 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6451 else if (numchars
> nbytes
)
6452 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6457 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6458 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6459 we used just above and the locale. */
6460 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6461 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6462 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6463 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6464 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6465 gives us composition information. */
6466 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6468 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6470 if (temp_index
== (sizeof temp_buffer
6473 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = copy_bufptr
[i
];
6477 /* Decode the input data. */
6481 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6482 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6483 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6484 /* We explicitly disable composition
6485 handling because key data should
6486 not contain any composition
6488 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6489 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
,
6491 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6492 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6496 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6497 character events. */
6498 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6500 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6501 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6503 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6506 bufp
->kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6507 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6508 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6510 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6513 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6515 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6522 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6532 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6533 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6542 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6543 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6554 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
6557 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6560 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6563 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6565 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6566 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6568 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6570 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6571 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6574 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6575 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6578 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6579 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6580 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6581 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6589 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
6592 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6602 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
6605 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6609 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6612 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6614 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6615 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6616 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6617 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6620 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6621 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6622 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6623 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6624 if (any_help_event_p
)
6629 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6630 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6631 n
= gen_help_event (bufp
, numchars
,
6632 Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6633 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6643 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
6646 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6654 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6655 help_echo_string
= help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
6658 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6659 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6660 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6662 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6664 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6666 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6667 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6673 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6674 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6678 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6679 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6682 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6683 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6684 will be selected iff it is active. */
6685 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6686 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6687 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6690 bufp
->kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6691 bufp
->frame_or_window
= window
;
6693 ++bufp
, ++count
, --numchars
;
6698 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6702 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6703 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6704 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6705 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6708 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6709 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6711 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6712 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6713 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6716 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6717 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6718 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6719 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6725 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6729 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6730 n
= gen_help_event (bufp
, numchars
, help_echo_string
, frame
,
6731 help_echo_window
, help_echo_object
,
6733 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6739 case ConfigureNotify
:
6740 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6743 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6745 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6746 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6747 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6748 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6749 do this one, the right one will come later.
6750 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6751 need to reset it below. */
6753 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6754 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6755 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6756 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6761 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6762 is called by the code that handles resizing
6763 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6765 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6766 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6767 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6768 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6769 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6770 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6771 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6773 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6774 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6775 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6777 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6780 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6781 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6784 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6785 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6786 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6787 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6790 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6791 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6792 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6794 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6795 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6796 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6800 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6801 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6804 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6806 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6807 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6808 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6809 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6817 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6818 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6819 struct input_event emacs_event
;
6822 emacs_event
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
6823 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6825 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6827 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6828 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6830 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6834 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6835 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6836 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6839 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6840 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6842 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6843 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6845 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6846 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6848 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6849 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6850 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6856 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6857 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6859 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6860 if (! popup_activated ())
6862 construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event
, &event
, f
);
6867 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6868 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6869 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6871 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6872 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6874 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6876 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &emacs_event
);
6877 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6879 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6881 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &emacs_event
);
6882 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6885 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6887 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6888 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6889 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
6890 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
6891 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
6897 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6900 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6902 if (numchars
>= 1 && emacs_event
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6904 bcopy (&emacs_event
, bufp
, sizeof (struct input_event
));
6910 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6911 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6912 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6913 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6914 Instead, save it away
6915 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6916 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6919 ! popup_activated ()
6922 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6923 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6924 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6925 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6926 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6927 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6928 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6929 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6931 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6932 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6934 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6937 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6939 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6943 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6944 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6945 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6947 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6949 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6950 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6951 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6956 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6959 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6963 case CirculateNotify
:
6966 case CirculateRequest
:
6969 case VisibilityNotify
:
6973 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6975 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6977 case MappingModifier
:
6978 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6979 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6980 case MappingKeyboard
:
6981 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6987 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6989 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6990 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6992 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6999 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7003 *numcharsp
= numchars
;
7010 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7011 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7012 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7014 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7016 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7020 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7021 struct input_event bufp
[10];
7022 struct input_event
*bufpp
;
7024 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7026 for (bufpp
= bufp
; bufpp
!= bufp
+ 10; bufpp
++)
7027 EVENT_INIT (*bufpp
);
7030 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7035 events
= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
,
7040 for (i
= 0; i
< events
; ++i
)
7041 kbd_buffer_store_event (&bufp
[i
]);
7048 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7049 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7050 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7052 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
7053 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
7054 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7055 thus pretending to be `read'.
7057 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7060 XTread_socket (sd
, bufp
, numchars
, expected
)
7062 /* register */ struct input_event
*bufp
;
7063 /* register */ int numchars
;
7068 int event_found
= 0;
7069 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7071 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7073 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7077 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7080 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7081 input_signal_count
++;
7084 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
7088 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
7089 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
7090 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7092 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7094 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7095 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7096 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7097 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7098 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7099 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7102 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7103 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7104 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7105 for X connections. */
7108 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7110 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7111 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7112 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7113 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7115 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7119 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7120 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7122 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7123 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7128 count
+= x_session_check_input (bufp
, &numchars
);
7133 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7137 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7140 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7141 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7146 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
,
7152 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7155 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7160 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7161 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7162 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7163 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7165 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7166 from all displays. */
7168 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7170 current_count
= count
;
7171 current_numcharsp
= &numchars
;
7172 current_bufp
= &bufp
;
7174 gtk_main_iteration ();
7176 count
= current_count
;
7178 current_numcharsp
= 0;
7180 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7183 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7187 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7188 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7191 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7192 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7193 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7195 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7199 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7200 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7202 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7204 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7205 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7209 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7211 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7212 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7214 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7215 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7226 /***********************************************************************
7228 ***********************************************************************/
7230 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7231 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7233 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7234 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7235 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7238 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
)
7240 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7243 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7244 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7245 int window_y
, window_width
;
7247 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7249 clip_rect
.x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0);
7250 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
7251 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7252 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7253 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7255 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7259 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7262 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7264 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7266 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7267 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7268 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7271 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7274 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
7276 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7277 y
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
)
7278 + row
->ascent
- w
->phys_cursor_ascent
);
7279 h
= row
->height
- 1;
7281 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7282 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7283 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7284 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7287 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
7288 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
7289 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
7291 wd
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- 1;
7292 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
7293 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
7294 wd
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
), wd
);
7295 w
->phys_cursor_width
= wd
;
7297 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7298 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7299 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7300 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7301 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7303 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7304 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7305 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7307 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7308 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
7309 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7310 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7314 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7316 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7317 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7318 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7322 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7324 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7326 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7328 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7329 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7331 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7332 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7334 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7335 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7338 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7339 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7340 the bar might not be in the window. */
7341 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7343 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7344 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7345 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7349 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7350 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7351 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7352 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7353 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7356 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7357 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7358 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7359 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7360 that the glyph is legible. */
7361 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7362 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7364 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7365 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7368 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7371 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7372 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7376 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7377 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7379 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7380 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
7382 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7383 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7384 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7385 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7386 width
, row
->height
);
7388 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7389 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7390 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7391 row
->height
- width
),
7392 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7395 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7400 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7403 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7407 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7411 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7414 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7416 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7418 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7419 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7423 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7426 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7428 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7430 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7433 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7437 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7438 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7440 switch (cursor_type
)
7442 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7443 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7446 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7447 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7451 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7455 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7459 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7467 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7468 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7469 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7474 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7475 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7482 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7485 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7491 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7494 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7495 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7496 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7497 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7502 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7503 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7504 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7506 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7507 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7508 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7512 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7513 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7515 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
7516 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
7517 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
7518 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7521 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7522 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7523 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7524 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7525 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7527 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7530 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7531 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7537 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7538 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7541 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7545 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7551 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7552 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7554 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7555 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7557 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7558 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7559 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7561 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7562 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7563 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7564 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7569 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7571 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7572 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7574 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
7576 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7577 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7578 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7581 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7585 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7586 SDATA (x_error_message_string
),
7587 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7590 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7591 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7594 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7595 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7596 stored in x_error_message_string.
7598 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7599 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7601 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7603 void x_check_errors ();
7604 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7607 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7610 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7612 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7615 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
,
7616 Fcons (make_save_value (dpy
, 0),
7617 x_error_message_string
));
7619 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7620 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7625 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7628 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
7629 Lisp_Object old_val
;
7633 first
= XCAR (old_val
);
7635 XSync (XSAVE_VALUE (first
)->pointer
, False
);
7637 x_error_message_string
= XCDR (old_val
);
7641 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7642 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7643 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7646 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7650 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7653 if (SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0))
7654 error (format
, SDATA (x_error_message_string
));
7657 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7658 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7661 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7664 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7667 return SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0) != 0;
7670 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7673 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7676 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7679 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7680 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7681 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7682 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7685 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7689 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7693 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7696 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7701 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7702 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7703 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7704 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7705 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7708 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7709 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7712 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7713 must reestablish each time */
7714 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7719 /************************************************************************
7721 ************************************************************************/
7723 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7725 static char *error_msg
;
7727 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7728 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7729 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7732 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7734 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7738 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7739 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7742 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7744 char *error_message
;
7746 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7747 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7750 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7751 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7752 handling_signal
= 0;
7754 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7755 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7756 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7757 the original message here. */
7758 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7760 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7761 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7762 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7764 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7765 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7766 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7768 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7769 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7771 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7772 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7773 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7775 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7776 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7777 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7780 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7781 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7782 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7783 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7789 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7792 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7794 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7796 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7797 that are on the dead display. */
7798 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7800 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7802 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7803 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7804 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7805 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7806 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7807 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7810 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7811 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7812 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7813 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7814 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7815 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7817 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7818 trying to find a replacement. */
7819 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7820 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7824 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7826 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7828 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7830 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7831 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7835 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7837 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7839 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7840 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7842 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7843 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7847 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7848 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7849 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7852 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7856 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7858 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7859 original error handler. */
7861 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7862 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7863 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7864 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7868 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7869 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7872 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7876 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
7877 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7879 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7883 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7884 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7885 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7888 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7893 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7894 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7898 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7900 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7901 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7902 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7903 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7906 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7908 register char *fontname
;
7910 struct font_info
*fontp
7911 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7916 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7917 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7918 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7920 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7921 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7923 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7925 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7926 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7928 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7929 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7930 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7934 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7935 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7938 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7939 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7941 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7942 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7943 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7944 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7945 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7946 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7948 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7949 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7950 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7951 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7952 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7955 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7958 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7959 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7960 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7961 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7964 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7968 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7974 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7975 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7977 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7979 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7981 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7982 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7985 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7986 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7990 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7991 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7994 return build_string (fontsetname
);
7998 /***********************************************************************
8000 ***********************************************************************/
8006 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8007 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8008 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8011 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8013 XPointer client_data
;
8016 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8017 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8021 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8022 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8024 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8025 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8027 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8028 if (FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
))
8030 XFreeFontSet (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
));
8031 FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
) = NULL
;
8036 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8037 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8038 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8042 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8045 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8046 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8049 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8050 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8053 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8054 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8055 char *resource_name
;
8062 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8069 XIMCallback destroy
;
8072 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8073 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8076 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8077 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8078 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8084 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8085 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8089 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8093 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8094 char *resource_name
;
8097 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8098 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8099 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8100 when the callback was registered. */
8103 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8105 XPointer client_data
;
8108 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8109 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8111 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8115 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8117 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8118 as they have no XIC. */
8119 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8121 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8124 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8126 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8128 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8129 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8131 create_frame_xic (f
);
8132 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8133 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8134 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8136 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8137 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8146 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8149 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8150 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8151 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8152 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8155 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8156 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8157 char *resource_name
;
8162 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8163 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8166 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8167 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8168 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8169 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8170 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8171 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8172 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8173 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8174 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8175 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8176 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8177 least, hence the configure test. */
8178 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8179 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8180 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8181 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8182 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8186 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8187 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8191 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8194 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8195 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8200 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8201 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8202 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8204 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8205 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8206 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8207 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8208 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8209 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8211 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8214 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8218 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8219 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8222 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8226 int win_x
= 0, win_y
= 0;
8227 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8230 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8231 is already for the top-left corner. */
8232 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8235 this_window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8237 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
8238 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
8239 But do this only if we will need the results. */
8240 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8245 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8248 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8249 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8251 /* From-window, to-window. */
8253 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
,
8255 /* From-position, to-position. */
8256 0, 0, &win_x
, &win_y
,
8260 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
8262 Window newroot
, newparent
= 0xdeadbeef;
8263 Window
*newchildren
;
8264 unsigned int nchildren
;
8266 if (! XQueryTree (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), this_window
, &newroot
,
8267 &newparent
, &newchildren
, &nchildren
))
8270 XFree ((char *) newchildren
);
8272 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= newparent
;
8278 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
8282 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8283 position that fits on the screen. */
8284 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8285 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8286 - 2 * f
->border_width
- win_x
8287 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8291 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8293 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8294 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8295 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8297 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8298 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8299 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8300 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8303 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8304 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8306 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8309 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8310 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
8311 - 2 * f
->border_width
8317 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8318 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8319 so the flags should correspond. */
8320 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8323 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8324 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8325 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8326 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8327 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8330 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8332 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8335 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8337 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8341 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8343 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8345 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8346 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8348 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8351 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8353 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8354 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8356 #if 0 /* Running on psilocin (Debian), and displaying on the NCD X-terminal,
8357 this seems to be unnecessary and incorrect. rms, 4/17/97. */
8358 /* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here
8359 when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */
8360 if (change_gravity
!= 0)
8362 modified_left
+= f
->border_width
;
8363 modified_top
+= f
->border_width
;
8367 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8369 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8370 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8371 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8372 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8373 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8376 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8377 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8379 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8380 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8382 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8383 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8384 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8390 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8391 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8393 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8396 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8398 int width
, height
, ign
;
8400 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8402 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8404 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8405 when setting WM manager hints.
8406 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8407 x_check_expected_move. */
8408 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8410 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8411 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8412 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8414 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8415 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8420 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8422 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8423 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8424 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8425 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8427 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8430 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8432 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8433 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8435 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8437 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8438 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8439 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8441 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 1);
8443 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8444 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8446 /* Just do this once */
8447 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8452 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8453 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8454 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8455 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8458 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8463 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8465 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8466 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8467 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8469 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8470 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8471 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8473 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8475 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8476 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8478 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8479 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8481 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8482 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8483 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8485 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8486 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8487 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8488 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8490 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8491 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8492 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8493 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8494 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8496 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8498 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8499 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8500 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8502 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8503 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8504 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8505 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8506 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8508 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8512 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8513 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8514 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8515 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8518 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8526 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8527 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8529 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8532 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8534 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8535 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8536 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8537 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8538 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8539 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8540 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8541 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8542 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8545 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8547 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8549 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8551 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8553 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8554 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8556 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8557 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8558 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8559 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8560 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8565 /* Mouse warping. */
8568 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8574 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8575 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8577 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8578 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8580 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8581 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8585 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8586 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8590 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8593 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8599 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8600 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8604 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8607 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8610 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8614 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8615 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8616 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8617 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8618 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8627 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8628 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8629 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8630 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8634 /* Raise frame F. */
8640 if (f
->async_visible
)
8643 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8644 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8649 /* Lower frame F. */
8655 if (f
->async_visible
)
8658 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8659 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8665 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8675 /* Change of visibility. */
8677 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8678 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8679 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8680 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8681 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8682 finishes with it. */
8685 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8689 int original_top
, original_left
;
8690 int retry_count
= 2;
8696 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8698 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8700 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8702 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8703 call x_set_offset a second time
8704 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8705 before the window gets really visible. */
8706 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8707 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8708 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8710 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8712 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8713 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8714 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8715 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8716 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8717 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8719 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8720 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8722 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8723 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8724 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8725 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8726 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8727 to come back ok without this. */
8728 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8729 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8733 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8735 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8736 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8737 so that incoming events are handled. */
8741 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8742 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8743 will set it when they are handled. */
8744 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8746 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8747 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8749 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8752 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8754 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8755 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8756 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8757 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8759 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8760 because the window manager may choose the position
8761 and we don't want to override it. */
8763 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8764 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8765 && previously_visible
)
8769 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8773 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8774 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8775 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8776 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8777 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8778 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8779 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8780 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8781 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8783 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8784 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8785 original_left
, original_top
);
8790 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8792 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8793 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8794 MapNotify at all.. */
8795 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8796 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8798 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8801 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8802 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8803 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8804 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8805 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8807 if (input_polling_used ())
8809 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8810 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8811 handler reset it. */
8812 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8813 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8814 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8815 poll_for_input_1 ();
8816 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8819 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8820 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8825 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8829 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8830 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8831 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8832 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8834 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8839 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8841 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8844 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8849 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8850 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8852 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8853 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8854 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8856 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8857 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8863 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8864 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8865 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8866 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8867 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8868 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8871 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8872 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8878 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8879 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8881 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8882 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8884 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8886 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8887 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8891 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8892 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8893 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8894 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8895 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8896 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8898 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8901 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8902 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8906 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8907 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8908 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8911 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8912 just by the event that we get from the server.
8913 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8914 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8915 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8917 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8918 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8919 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8926 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8935 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8936 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8937 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8939 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8944 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8946 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8948 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8951 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8953 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8954 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8956 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8959 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8960 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8966 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8968 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8970 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8971 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8972 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8973 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8974 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8975 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8976 so we have to record it here. */
8979 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8980 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8985 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8986 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8987 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8991 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8993 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8994 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8998 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9000 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9002 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9003 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9004 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9005 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9007 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9008 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9010 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9011 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9015 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9016 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9017 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9018 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9019 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9021 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9022 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9024 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9027 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9028 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9032 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9034 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9036 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9038 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9039 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9042 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9043 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9045 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9047 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9051 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9054 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9057 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9059 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9063 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9064 commands to the X server. */
9065 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9067 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9068 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9070 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9071 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9072 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9073 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9074 toolkit scroll bars. */
9075 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9077 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9078 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9087 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9088 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9090 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9091 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9093 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9094 we are using a toolkit. */
9095 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9096 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9098 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9099 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9102 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9103 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9104 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9106 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9107 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9108 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9110 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9112 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9113 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9114 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9116 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
9117 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
9118 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9119 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9120 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9121 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9123 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9124 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9125 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9126 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9127 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9128 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9129 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9130 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9131 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9132 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9133 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9134 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9135 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9136 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9137 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9139 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9140 free_frame_faces (f
);
9143 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9146 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9147 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9149 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9150 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9152 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9153 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9154 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9155 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9156 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9157 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9159 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9161 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9162 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9163 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9164 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9165 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9166 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9167 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9174 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9177 x_destroy_window (f
)
9180 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9182 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9183 commands to the X server. */
9184 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9185 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9187 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9191 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9193 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9194 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9195 that the window now has.
9196 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9197 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9198 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9202 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9207 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9209 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9212 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9215 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9217 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9218 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9220 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9221 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9223 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9224 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9225 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9226 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9227 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9228 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9229 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9230 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9231 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9232 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9234 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9235 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9236 size_hints
.max_width
9237 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9238 size_hints
.max_height
9239 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9241 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9243 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9244 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9245 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9247 int base_width
, base_height
;
9248 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9250 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9251 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9253 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9255 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9256 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9257 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9258 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9259 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9261 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9262 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9263 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9266 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9267 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9268 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9269 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9270 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9272 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9273 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9277 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9280 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9283 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9286 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9287 long supplied_return
;
9291 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9294 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9297 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9298 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9299 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9300 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9301 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9305 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9310 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9311 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9312 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9313 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9314 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9315 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9316 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9317 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9321 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9326 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9327 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9331 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9332 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9334 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9337 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9339 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9342 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9344 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9347 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9351 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9354 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9355 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9356 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9357 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9359 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9360 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9362 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9363 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9367 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9371 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9373 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9374 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9379 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9380 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9381 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9382 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9386 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9387 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9388 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9389 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9390 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9391 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9392 best to explicitly give up. */
9394 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9395 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9401 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9405 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9406 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9407 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9408 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9411 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9413 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9414 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9416 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9420 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9424 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9426 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9427 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9428 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9430 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9434 /***********************************************************************
9436 ***********************************************************************/
9438 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9441 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9445 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9449 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9451 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9454 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9456 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9457 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9458 on how many fonts to match. */
9461 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9463 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9467 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9468 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9469 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9470 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9471 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9472 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9474 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9478 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9482 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9483 if (NILP (patterns
))
9484 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9486 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9487 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9488 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9490 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9493 char **names
= NULL
;
9495 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9496 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9497 The cache is an alist of the form:
9498 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9499 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9500 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9501 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9502 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9505 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9506 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9510 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9513 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9515 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9518 unsigned long value
;
9520 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9521 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9523 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9524 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9526 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9530 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9532 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9533 int len
= strlen (name
);
9536 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9537 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9538 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9540 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9544 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9545 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9547 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9548 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9553 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9556 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9559 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9561 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9562 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9569 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9570 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9573 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9582 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9585 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9587 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9588 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9590 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9594 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9601 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9602 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9603 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9607 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9609 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9610 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9611 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9612 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9613 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9614 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9619 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9621 else if (dashes
== 9)
9623 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9624 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9627 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9628 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9630 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9631 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9633 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9634 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9635 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9637 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9638 width of this font. */
9639 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9641 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9642 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9647 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9650 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9655 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9656 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9657 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9660 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9662 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9663 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9664 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9670 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9674 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9678 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9680 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9681 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9682 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9685 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9686 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9687 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9688 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9690 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9691 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9693 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9695 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9701 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9703 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9705 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9709 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9710 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9711 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9712 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9715 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9716 if (found_size
== size
)
9717 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9718 else if (found_size
> 0)
9720 if (NILP (second_best
))
9722 else if (found_size
< size
)
9724 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9725 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9730 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9731 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9736 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9738 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9740 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9751 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9755 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9760 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9762 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9764 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9765 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9766 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9769 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9772 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9774 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9775 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9776 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9777 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9778 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9781 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9785 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9786 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9788 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9789 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9790 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9792 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9796 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9797 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9798 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9799 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9800 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9803 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9807 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9809 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9810 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9812 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9813 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9815 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9816 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9818 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9821 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9822 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9823 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9825 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9826 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9829 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9830 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9832 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9833 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9834 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9838 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9839 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9840 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9841 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9844 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9846 register char *fontname
;
9849 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9850 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9853 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9854 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9855 we already have by comparing names. */
9856 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9858 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9863 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9864 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9865 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9866 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9867 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9868 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9869 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9870 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9873 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9877 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9878 unsigned long value
;
9881 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9882 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9883 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9884 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9885 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9886 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9887 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9890 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9891 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9892 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9894 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9895 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9897 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9899 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9904 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9905 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9906 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9909 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9910 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9911 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9914 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9915 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9917 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9920 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9921 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9924 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9926 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9928 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9929 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9930 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9932 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9934 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9936 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9940 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9941 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9943 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9954 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9955 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9962 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9964 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9966 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9967 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9969 if (NILP (font_names
))
9971 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9972 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9973 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9974 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9975 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9976 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9979 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9981 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9982 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9984 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9987 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9989 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9991 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9992 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9994 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9998 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9999 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
10000 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
10001 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
10002 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
10003 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
10004 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
10005 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
10007 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
10009 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10010 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10011 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
10012 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
10013 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
10015 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
10016 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
10017 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10018 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10019 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
10020 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
10021 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
10022 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
10023 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10024 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10025 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
10026 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
10027 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
10029 fontp
->baseline_offset
10030 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
10031 ? (long) value
: 0);
10032 fontp
->relative_compose
10033 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
10034 ? (long) value
: 0);
10035 fontp
->default_ascent
10036 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
10037 ? (long) value
: 0);
10039 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
10040 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
10041 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
10042 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
10043 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
10044 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
10051 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
10052 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
10055 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
10057 register char *fontname
;
10059 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10062 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10063 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10064 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
10065 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
10066 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
10071 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
10072 `encoder' of the structure. */
10075 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
10076 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10078 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
10081 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10085 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
10086 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
10088 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10095 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10096 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10098 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10101 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10107 /***********************************************************************
10109 ***********************************************************************/
10111 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10112 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10113 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10114 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10116 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10117 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10118 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10120 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10121 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10122 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10123 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10124 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10125 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10126 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10128 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10130 static int x_initialized
;
10132 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10133 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10134 the screen number from the server number. */
10136 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10137 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10139 int seen_colon
= 0;
10140 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10141 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10142 int length_until_period
= 0;
10144 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10145 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10146 length_until_period
++;
10148 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10149 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10151 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10153 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10154 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10155 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10156 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10157 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10158 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10159 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10160 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10161 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10162 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10163 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10164 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10165 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10166 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10168 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10172 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10176 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10177 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10181 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10182 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10185 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10186 unsigned long mask
;
10193 while (!(mask
& 1))
10209 struct x_display_info
*
10210 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10211 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10213 char *resource_name
;
10217 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10222 if (!x_initialized
)
10230 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10232 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10233 char **argv2
= argv
;
10236 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10238 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10239 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10240 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10241 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10242 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10246 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10250 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10252 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10254 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10255 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10258 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10259 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10262 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10265 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10267 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10271 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10273 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10274 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10276 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10278 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10279 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10280 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10282 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10283 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10284 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10286 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10287 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10292 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10293 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10296 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10297 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10298 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10300 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10301 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10302 So let's not use it until R6. */
10303 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10304 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10315 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10316 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10318 turn_on_atimers (0);
10319 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10320 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10321 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10323 turn_on_atimers (1);
10325 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10326 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10331 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10333 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10335 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10336 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10337 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10339 /* Detect failure. */
10346 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10348 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10349 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10351 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10353 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10356 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10357 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10358 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10359 SDATA (display_name
)))
10362 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10365 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10366 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10367 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10369 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10371 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10372 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10373 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10377 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10378 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10379 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10380 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10381 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10382 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10383 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10385 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10389 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10390 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10391 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10393 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10394 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10395 x_display_name_list
);
10396 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10398 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10401 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10405 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10406 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10408 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10409 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10411 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10412 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10414 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10416 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10417 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10418 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10420 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10421 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10423 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10424 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10425 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10426 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10428 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10430 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10432 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10434 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10435 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10436 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10437 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10438 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10439 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10440 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10441 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10442 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10443 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10444 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10445 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10446 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10447 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10448 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10449 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10450 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10451 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10452 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10453 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10454 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10455 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10456 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10457 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10458 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10459 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10460 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10461 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10462 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10463 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10464 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10465 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10466 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10468 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10469 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10470 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10472 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10474 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10475 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10476 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10477 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10478 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10479 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10482 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10483 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10485 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10488 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10489 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10490 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10492 if (STRINGP (value
)
10493 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10494 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10495 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10499 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10500 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10503 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10504 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10505 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10506 dpyinfo
->resy
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10507 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10508 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10509 dpyinfo
->resx
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10512 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10513 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10514 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10515 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10516 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10517 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10518 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10519 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10520 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10521 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10522 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10523 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10524 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10525 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10526 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10527 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10528 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10529 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10530 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10531 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10532 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10533 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10534 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10535 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10536 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10537 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10538 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10539 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10540 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10541 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10542 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10543 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10544 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10545 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10546 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10547 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10548 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10549 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10550 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10551 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10552 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10553 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10554 /* For properties of font. */
10555 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10556 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10557 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10558 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10559 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10560 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10561 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10562 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10564 /* Ghostscript support. */
10565 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10566 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10568 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10571 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10573 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10574 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10579 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10581 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10582 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10583 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10588 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10589 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10591 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10593 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10594 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10598 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10601 #ifdef subprocesses
10602 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10603 if (connection
!= 0)
10604 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10607 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10609 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10610 /* stdin is a socket here */
10611 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10612 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10613 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10614 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10615 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10616 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10619 if (interrupt_input
)
10620 init_sigio (connection
);
10621 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10624 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10625 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10626 so that Xt does not crash. */
10628 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10629 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10633 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10634 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10635 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10636 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10637 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10638 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10639 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10640 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10642 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10643 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10644 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10649 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10650 for debugging X code. */
10653 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10654 build_string ("synchronous"),
10655 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10657 if (STRINGP (value
)
10658 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10659 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10660 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10665 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10666 build_string ("useXIM"),
10667 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10670 if (STRINGP (value
)
10671 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10672 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10675 if (STRINGP (value
)
10676 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10677 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10683 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10684 if (x_initialized
== 1)
10685 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10693 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10694 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10697 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10698 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10702 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10704 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10705 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10706 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10707 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10708 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10713 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10714 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10716 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10718 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10721 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10725 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10726 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10728 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10729 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10732 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10734 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10735 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10736 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10739 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10740 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10741 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10744 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10745 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10746 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10750 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10753 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10754 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10755 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10757 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10758 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10759 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10762 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10763 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10765 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10766 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10767 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10771 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10773 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10774 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10775 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10776 that slows us down. */
10779 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10780 struct atimer
*timer
;
10782 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10785 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10786 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10791 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10794 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10796 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10798 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10800 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10804 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10806 x_after_update_window_line
,
10807 x_update_window_begin
,
10808 x_update_window_end
,
10814 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10816 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10817 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10818 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10819 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10822 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10823 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10824 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10825 x_clear_frame_area
,
10826 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10827 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10828 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10834 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10836 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10837 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10838 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10839 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10840 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10841 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10842 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10843 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10844 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10845 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10846 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10847 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10848 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10849 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10850 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10851 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10852 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10853 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10855 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10856 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10857 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10858 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
10859 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10864 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10865 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10867 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10868 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10870 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10871 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10873 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10875 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10876 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10877 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10878 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10879 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10880 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10881 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10883 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10885 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10886 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10887 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10888 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10889 widgets don't behave normally. */
10891 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10892 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10893 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10897 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10899 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10900 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10904 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10905 original error handler. */
10906 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10907 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10909 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10911 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10912 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10914 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10921 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
10922 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
10924 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10925 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10927 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10928 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10930 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10931 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10933 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
10934 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
10935 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10936 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10938 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10939 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10941 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10942 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10943 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10944 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10945 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10946 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10947 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10949 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10950 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10951 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10952 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10953 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10955 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10956 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10957 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10959 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10961 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10964 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10967 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10968 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10970 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10971 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10972 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10973 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10974 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10975 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10976 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10977 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10978 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10980 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10981 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10982 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10983 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10984 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10985 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10987 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10988 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10989 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10990 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10991 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10992 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10994 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10995 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10996 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10997 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10998 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10999 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11001 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
11002 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11003 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11004 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11005 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11006 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11008 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
11009 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11010 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
11011 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11012 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11016 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11018 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11019 (do not change this comment) */